حدث خطأ. التفاصيل إخفاء
لديك صفحات غير محفوظة. استعادة إلغاء

Eurostat

Eurostat is the statistical office of the European Union situated in Luxembourg. Its task is to provide the European Union with statistics at European level that enable comparisons between countries and regions and to promote the harmonisation of statistical methods across EU member states and candidates for accession as well as EFTA countries.

All datasets:  1 3 A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U Y
  • 1
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator gives the percentage of all 18-year-olds who are still in any kind of school (all ISCED levels). It gives an indication of the number of young people who have not abandoned their efforts to improve their skills through initial education and it includes both those who had a regular education career without any delays as well as those who are continuing even if they had to repeat some steps in the past.
  • 3
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 3-months interest rate is a representative short-term interest rate series for the domestic money market. From January 1999, the euro area rate is the 3-month "EURo InterBank Offered Rate" (EURIBOR) EURIBOR is the benchmark rate of the large euro money market that has emerged since 1999. It is the rate at which euro InterBank term deposits are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank. The contributors to EURIBOR are the banks with the highest volume of business in the euro area money markets. The panel of banks consists of banks from EU countries participating in the euro from the outset, banks from EU countries not participating in the euro from the outset, and large international banks from non-EU countries but with important euro area operations. Monthly data are calculated as averages of daily values. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
  • A
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The annual expenditure on public and private educational institutions per pupil/student compared to GDP per capita relates the resources (e.g. expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure) being devoted to education in public and private educational institutions to the overall economic welfare of a country. It is based on full-time equivalent enrolment. The use of GDP per capita allows the comparison of levels of economic activity of different sized economies (per capita) irrespective of their price levels (in PPS).
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Expenditure per pupil/student in public and private institutions measures how much central, regional and local levels of government, private households, religious institutions and firms spent per pupil/student. It includes expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • تشرين الأول 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 حزيران, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_arnrmw National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • حزيران 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: Not seasonally adjusted data in Millions of euro (from 1.1.1999)/ECU (up to 31.12.1998)
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This Dataset contains 3 Tables. Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Annual data (mny_agg_a) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Quarterly data (mny_agg_q) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Monthly data (mny_agg_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary aggregates, counterparts, and other banks' balance sheet items (mny_agg).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تشرين الثاني 2011
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • تشرين الثاني 2011
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • تشرين الثاني 2011
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
  • C
    • تشرين الثاني 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Please be aware that this indicator has been rescaled, i.e. data is expressed in relation to EU28 = 100. Thus, they are not comparable with previous releases. Comparative price levels are the ratio between Purchasing power parities (PPPs) and market exchange rate for each country. PPPs are currency conversion rates that convert economic indicators expressed in national currencies to a common currency, called Purchasing Power Standard (PPS), which equalises the purchasing power of different national currencies and thus allows meaningful comparison. The ratio is shown in relation to the EU average (EU28 = 100). If the index of the comparative price levels shown for a country is higher/ lower than 100, the country concerned is relatively expensive/cheap as compared with the EU average.
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_comp The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The completion rate (educ_bo_ou_comp) was computed in the framework of the UOE data collection (jointly carried out by Unesco, OECD and Eurostat), but is usually disseminated by OECD only. The methodology for estimating completion rates varies across countries. They can use three methods: the cross-section method, the true cohort method, or the synthetic cohort method (see section 11.1 below for more details). The year of reference gives the reference year for the number of graduates. The estimation assumes constant student flows at the tertiary level, owing to the need for consistency between the graduate cohort in the reference year and the entrant cohort n years before. This assumption may be an oversimplification. Results are less reliable in systems in which enrolments fluctuate markedly, or students are faced with many different options as regards the length of courses for which they may enrol or in which there are many changes in programmes between the years of admission and graduation respectively. The inclusion of foreign students in the new entrant questionnaire can have an impact on the completion rates indicator. In some countries, the proportion of foreign students represents a large part of tertiary population, and all of them are considered as new entrants in tertiary education (as advised in UOE Guidelines) whereas most of them won't be graduated at this level of education. The consequence is to underestimate the completion rates in those countries with relatively large proportions of foreign students enrolled in tertiary education.
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: Not seasonally adjusted data
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_igen The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 شباط, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Control of corruption captures perceptions of the extent to which public power is exercised for private gain, including both petty and grand forms of corruption, as well as "capture" of the state by elites and pricate interests. The Worldwide Governance Indicators report on six broad dimensions of governance for 215 countries over the period 1996-2014: Voice and Accountability, Political Stability and Absence of Violence, Government Effectiveness, Regulatory Quality, Rule of Law and Control of Corruption.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Indicator is a composite index based on a combination of surveys and assessments of corruption from 13 different sources and scores and ranks countries based on how corrupt a country’s public sector is perceived to be. The sources of information used for the 2016 CPI are based on data gathered in the 24 months preceding the publication of the index. The CPI includes only sources that provide a score for a set of countries/territories and that measure perceptions of corruption in the public sector. For a country/territory to be included in the ranking, it must be included in a minimum of three of the CPI’s data sources. The CPI is published by Transparency International.
  • D
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ilev The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • كانون الثاني 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
  • E
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      20.1. Source data
    • كانون الثاني 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • كانون الثاني 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • نيسان 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The definitions of employment and unemployment, as well as other survey characteristics follow the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation. The definition of unemployment is further precised in Commission Regulation (EC) No 1897/2000. The main concepts related to the labour status are the following:Employed persons are all persons who worked at least one hour for pay or profit during the reference week or were temporarily absent from such work.Unemployed persons are all persons who were not employed during the reference week and had actively sought work during the past four weeks and were ready to begin working immediately or within two weeks.The active population (labour force) is defined as the sum of employed and unemployed persons.The inactive population consists of all persons who are classified neither as employed nor as unemployed. Relevant breakdowns used are the following:Part-time workers are employed persons not working full time. The distinction between full-time and part-time work is generally based on a spontaneous response by the respondent. The main exceptions are the Netherlands and Iceland where a 35 hours threshold is applied, Sweden where a threshold is applied to the self-employed, and Norway where persons working between 32 and 36 hours are asked whether this is a full- or part-time position. Temporary contracts :  Employees with a limited duration job/contract are employees whose the main job will terminate either after a period fixed in advance, or after a period not known in advance, but nevertheless defined by objective criteria, such as the completion of an assignment or the period of absence of an employee temporarily replaced. The concept of fixed-term contract is only applicable to employees, not to self-employed. In most of the EU Member States, a majority of jobs are based on written labour contracts. In some countries, however, contracts of this type are settled only in specific cases e.g. for public-sector jobs, apprentices or other trainees within an enterprise. Educational attainment level  ISCED 0-2, ISCED3+4, ISCED5+ : The educational attainment level of an individual is the highest ISCED level successfully completed, the successful completion of an educational programme being validated by a recognised qualification (or credential), i.e. a qualification officially recognised by the relevant national education authorities. The indicators to supplement the unemployment rate are defined as follows:Underemployed part-time workers are persons working part-time who wish to work additional hours and are available to do so. Part-time work is recorded as self-reported by individuals.Persons seeking work but not immediately available are the sum of persons neither employed nor unemployed who: (a) are actively seeking work during the last 4 weeks but not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (b)found a job to start in less than 3 months and are not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (c) found a job to start in 3 months or more; or (d)are passively seeking work during the last 4 weeks and are available for work in the next 2 weeks.Persons available to work but not seeking are persons neither employed nor unemployed who want to work, are available for work in the next 2 weeks but are not seeking work. For more details, please consult the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Methodology.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • كانون الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 كانون الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_gent The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • كانون الأول 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • كانون الأول 2013
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_fdi_pos_r2 Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDI abroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • أيار 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تموز, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_fi_ftot The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening accesseduc_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age   B. Study frameworkeduc_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education   C. Student and staff mobilityeduc_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country)   D. Effective outcomes and employabilityeduc_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A     The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities:Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيار, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3p Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3m Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003. 3.3. Coverage - sector Public Health
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3h Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003. 3.3. Coverage - sector Public Health
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2p Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2m Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2h Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1p Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1m Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003. 3.3. Coverage - sector Public Health
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1h Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003. 3.3. Coverage - sector Public Health
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fitotin The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fipubin The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
  • F
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_ent3 The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note:i) All the Data Present in this dataset are "Not seasonally adjusted data (NSA)". ii)Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > European and national short term indicators (euroind) > Monetary and financial indicators (ei_mf).
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This Dataset contains 5 Tables. Foreign official reserves - Annual data (mny_for_a); Foreign official reserves - Quarterly data (mny_for_q); Foreign official reserves - Monthly data (mny_for_m); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Yearly data (mny_for_gold_a); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Monthly data (mny_for_gold_m). Note: i) All data in the datasets represents 'Value at the end of the period (END)'. ii): Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Foreign official reserves (mny_for).
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_dst Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_orig Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
  • G
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries (with the exception of Turkey) that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey. It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year’s relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). The table presents the data for all non-EU countries. The HICP tables for France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the euro area and European Union can be found under the HICP tables.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الأول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GDP and main components dataset contains both Quarterly & Annual data for ; Current prices, volumes and Price indices
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data from 1st of June 2018. For most recent GDP data, consult dataset nama_10_gdp. Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The volume index of GDP per capita in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) is expressed in relation to the European Union (EU28) average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per head is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that the index, calculated from PPS figures and expressed with respect to EU28 = 100, is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons."
    • شباط 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 شباط, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      In this version, seven GVCs indicators are presented for 59 economies (34 OECD and 23 non-OECD economies, plus the "rest of the world" and the European Union) for 18 industries in the years 1995, 2000, 2005, 2008-2011. The indicators are calculated based on the five global input-output matrices of the TiVA database. More details can be downloaded at https://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?queryid=66237#. The GVC participation index indicates the extent to which a country is involved in a vertically fragmented production process (in relative and absolute terms). It distinguishes the use of foreign inputs in exports (backward participation) and the use of domestic intermediates in third country exports (forward participation).
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 شباط, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Government effectiveness captures perceptions of the quality of public services, the quality of the civil service and the degree of its independence from political pressures, the quality of policy formulation and implementation, and the credibility of the government's commitment to such policies. The Worldwide Governance Indicators report on six broad dimensions of governance for 215 countries over the period 1996-2014: Voice and Accountability, Political Stability and Absence of Violence, Government Effectiveness, Regulatory Quality, Rule of Law and Control of Corruption.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Indicator refers to Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data measure government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development, the OECD’s Frascati Manual from 2002. GBAORD data are broken down by socio-economic objectives in accordance to the nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007).
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_mo_gr4 The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_momo_grd Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • تشرين الثاني 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD): Total gross domestic expenditure on research and experimental development (GERD) as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP).
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents the relative shares of the different sources of funds in R&D. More specifically the indicators provided are percentage of GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) financed respectively by industry, government, the higher education and the private non profit sector. The fifth source of funds shown, which also make the breakdown complete, is GERD financed from abroad. R&D is an activity where there are significant transfers of resources between units, organisations, sectors and countries. The importance of the source of funding has been recognized in one of the Barcelona targets of the Lisbon agenda where it is said that the appropriate split for R&D is 1/3 financed by public funds and 2/3 by private.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The indicator provided is GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) as a percentage of GDP. "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ).
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_gren The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 نيسان, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 نيسان, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
  • H
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      HICP are part of a series of Euro-indicators that are designed to give a general overview of the euro area, European Union and Member State's economic situation. The tables include, for the latest 12 months: Indices Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) Growth rates with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year Data are automatically updated on release dates (see release calendar) and are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_hf Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • أيار 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_ltc Data description Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. 3.2. Classification system For all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available: the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 and the Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003 These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICP is used by e.g. the European Central Bank for monitoring of inflation in the Economic and Monetary Union and for the assessment of inflation convergence as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICP is used for example by the European Central Bank for monitoring of inflation in the Economic and Monetary Union and for the assessment of inflation convergence as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam. For the U.S. and Japan national consumer price indices are used in the table.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes. The p, e, d and u flags described here do not affect the higher level of aggregation when assigned to a figure.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
  • I
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • تشرين الأول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2009
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This Dataset contains 4 Tables. Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Annual data (mny_ppe_a) Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Quarterly data (mny_ppe_q) Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Monthly data (mny_ppe_m). Capital raised on stock markets (mny_h_caprais) Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary and other financial statistics: historical data (mny_h) > Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU (mny_h_ppe).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • تشرين الأول 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • تشرين الثاني 2011
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • كانون الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • كانون الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • تشرين الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • تموز 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • أيار 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • أيار 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_its_det The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a  economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات